blob: 2d01280c0564c54c27bf406730774f7305d7e7ad [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +020010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2020 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -0500233 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +1300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200318 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100319 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000320 * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed.
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000321 * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
322 * status changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700323 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100324 */
325enum ieee80211_bss_change {
326 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
327 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
328 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300329 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200331 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
334 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
335 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200340 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300341 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200342 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200344 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300346 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100347 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100348 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200349 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300350 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700351 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700352 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200353 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200354 BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28,
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100355 BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR = 1<<29,
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000356 BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY = 1<<30,
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000357 BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<31,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200358
359 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100360};
361
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300362/*
363 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
364 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
365 * filtering will be disabled.
366 */
367#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
368
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100369/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200370 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
371 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200372 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300373 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300374 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
375 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
376 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700377 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200378enum ieee80211_event_type {
379 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200380 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300381 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300382 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200383};
384
385/**
386 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
387 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
388 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
389 */
390enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700391 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
392 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
393};
394
395/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200396 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200397 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
398 */
399struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
400 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
401};
402
403/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200404 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
405 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200406 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200407 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
408 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200409 */
410enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
411 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200412 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200413 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
414 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200415};
416
417/**
418 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
419 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
420 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
421 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
422 */
423enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
424 MLME_SUCCESS,
425 MLME_DENIED,
426 MLME_TIMEOUT,
427};
428
429/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200430 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200431 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
432 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
433 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
434 */
435struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
436 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
437 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
438 u16 reason;
439};
440
441/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300442 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
443 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
444 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300445 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300446 */
447struct ieee80211_ba_event {
448 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
449 u16 tid;
450 u16 ssn;
451};
452
453/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200454 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200455 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200456 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200457 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300458 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300459 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200460 */
461struct ieee80211_event {
462 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
463 union {
464 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200465 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300466 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200467 } u;
468};
469
470/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200471 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
472 *
473 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
474 *
475 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
476 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
477 */
478struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
479 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
480 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
481};
482
483/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800484 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700485 *
486 * @lci: LCI subelement content
487 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
488 * @lci_len: LCI data length
489 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
490 */
491struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
492 const u8 *lci;
493 const u8 *civicloc;
494 size_t lci_len;
495 size_t civicloc_len;
496};
497
498/**
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000499 * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
500 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
501 *
502 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
503 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
504 */
505struct ieee80211_fils_discovery {
506 u32 min_interval;
507 u32 max_interval;
508};
509
510/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100511 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
512 *
513 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
514 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
515 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300516 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
517 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
518 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
519 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
520 * ACK, BACK or both
521 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
522 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
523 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200524 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
525 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200526 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
527 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200528 * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100529 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200530 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
531 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530532 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100533 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
534 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200535 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
536 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100537 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200538 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300539 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200540 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100541 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
542 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
543 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
544 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200545 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200546 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
547 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200548 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100549 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
550 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200551 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
552 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
553 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700554 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800555 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200556 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
557 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
558 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300559 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100560 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200561 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
562 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100563 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
564 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200565 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100566 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300567 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
568 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
569 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200570 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200571 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
572 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
573 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100574 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
575 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
576 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
577 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200578 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300579 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
580 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
581 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
582 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100583 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
584 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
585 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200586 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200587 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
588 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
589 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300590 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
591 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200592 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300593 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
594 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Ben Greeardb6d9e92019-12-17 10:30:57 -0800595 * @txpower: TX power in dBm. INT_MIN means not configured.
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100596 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
597 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
598 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
599 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
600 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
601 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100602 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200603 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
604 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
605 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300606 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
607 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
608 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
609 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
610 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
611 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
612 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700613 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
614 * responder functionality.
615 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200616 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
617 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
618 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
619 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
620 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
621 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
622 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
623 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu70debba2020-10-20 11:31:08 -0700624 * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are
625 * connected to (STA)
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200626 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100627 * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000628 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000629 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
630 * interval.
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700631 * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format).
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700632 * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed
633 * to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100634 */
635struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200636 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300637 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300638 bool uora_exists;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300639 u8 uora_ocw_range;
640 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
641 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200642 bool twt_requester;
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200643 bool twt_responder;
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200644 bool twt_protected;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100645 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200646 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530647 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100648 u16 aid;
649 /* erp related data */
650 bool use_cts_prot;
651 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300652 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200653 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800654 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700655 u16 beacon_int;
656 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200657 u64 sync_tsf;
658 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100659 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100660 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300661 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200662 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200663 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200664 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
665 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100666 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
667 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100668 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200669 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300670 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100671 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200672 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200673 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300674 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300675 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
676 size_t ssid_len;
677 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200678 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100679 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100680 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200681 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300682 u16 max_idle_period;
683 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700684 bool ftm_responder;
685 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200686 /* Multiple BSSID data */
687 bool nontransmitted;
688 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
689 u8 bssid_index;
690 u8 bssid_indicator;
691 bool ema_ap;
692 u8 profile_periodicity;
Rajkumar Manoharan60689de2020-04-24 15:41:39 -0700693 struct {
694 u32 params;
695 u16 nss_set;
696 } he_oper;
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200697 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100698 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000699 struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000700 u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700701 bool s1g;
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700702 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100703};
704
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800705/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200706 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800707 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700708 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800709 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100710 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200711 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
712 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
713 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
714 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
715 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
716 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
717 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
718 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
719 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
720 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
721 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200722 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200723 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
724 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200725 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200726 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
727 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200728 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200729 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200730 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
731 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
732 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
733 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
734 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
735 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
736 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
737 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200738 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
739 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
740 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300741 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
742 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200743 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
744 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
745 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600746 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
747 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
748 * off-channel operation.
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation
750 * (header conversion)
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200751 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
752 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200753 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
754 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100755 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
756 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
757 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200758 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
759 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
760 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
761 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100762 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
763 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
764 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100765 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
766 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
767 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200768 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
769 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
770 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400771 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200772 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
773 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100774 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
775 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
776 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
777 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200778 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
779 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
780 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530781 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
782 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
783 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200784 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
785 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
786 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200787 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
788 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530789 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
790 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
791 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200792 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
793 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
794 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530795 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
796 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
797 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
798 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
799 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200800 *
801 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
802 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800803 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200804enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200805 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200806 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
807 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
808 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
809 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
810 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
811 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
812 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
813 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
814 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
815 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
816 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
817 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600818 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200819 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200820 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200821 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100822 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200823 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100824 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100825 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200826 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400827 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200828 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100829 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200830 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200832 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530833 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200834 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530835 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200836};
837
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200838#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
839
Thomas Pedersen1821f8b2020-09-21 19:28:12 -0700840#define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS
841
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200842/**
843 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
844 *
845 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
846 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530847 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
848 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100849 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100850 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200851 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700852 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200853 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
854 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
855 * it can be sent out.
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400856 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that
857 * has already been assigned to this frame.
Mathy Vanhoef30df8132020-11-04 10:18:19 +0400858 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER: This frame should not be reordered
859 * relative to other frames that have this flag set, independent
860 * of their QoS TID or other priority field values.
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200861 *
862 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
863 */
864enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
865 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530866 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100867 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100868 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200869 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700870 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200871 IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(6),
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400872 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO = BIT(7),
Mathy Vanhoef30df8132020-11-04 10:18:19 +0400873 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER = BIT(8),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200874};
875
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200876/*
877 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
878 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
879 */
880#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
881 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
882 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
883 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
884 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100885 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200886 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200887 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200888
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530889/**
890 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
891 * Rate Control algorithm.
892 *
893 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
894 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
895 *
896 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
897 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
898 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
899 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
900 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100901 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
902 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530903 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
904 * Greenfield mode.
905 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100906 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
907 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
908 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530909 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
910 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
911 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
912 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
913 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200914enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
915 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
916 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
917 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
918
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100919 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200920 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
921 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
922 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
923 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
924 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100925 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
926 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
927 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800928};
929
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200930
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200931/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
932#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200933
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200934/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
935#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
936
937/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200938#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200939
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200940/* maximum number of rate table entries */
941#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
942
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200943/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200944 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200945 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200946 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
947 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200948 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200949 *
950 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
951 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
952 *
953 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
954 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200955 *
956 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
957 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
958 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
959 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300960 * information::
961 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200962 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300963 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200964 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
965 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
966 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
967 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300968 * information should then contain::
969 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200970 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300971 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200972 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
973 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200974 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200975struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
976 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100977 u16 count:5,
978 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000979} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200980
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100981#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
982
983static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
984 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
985{
986 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200987 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
988 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100989}
990
991static inline u8
992ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
993{
994 return rate->idx & 0xF;
995}
996
997static inline u8
998ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
999{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +02001000 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +01001001}
1002
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001003/**
1004 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001005 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001006 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
1007 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
1008 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
1009 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
1010 *
1011 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001012 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001013 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001014 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen6912dae2019-10-23 11:59:00 +02001015 * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001016 * @control: union part for control data
1017 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
1018 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
1019 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
1020 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
1021 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
1022 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
1023 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
1024 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
1025 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
1026 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
1027 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
1028 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
1029 * @pad: padding
1030 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
1031 * @status: union part for status data
1032 * @status.rates: attempted rates
1033 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
1034 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
1035 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
1036 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02001037 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only
1038 * used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001039 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
1040 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
1041 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
1042 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07001043 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001044 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001045 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001046 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001047 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001048 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001049 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001050struct ieee80211_tx_info {
1051 /* common information */
1052 u32 flags;
Johannes Bergf2b18ba2020-01-15 12:25:50 +01001053 u32 band:3,
1054 ack_frame_id:13,
1055 hw_queue:4,
1056 tx_time_est:10;
1057 /* 2 free bits */
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001058
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001059 union {
1060 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001061 union {
1062 /* rate control */
1063 struct {
1064 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1065 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1066 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001067 u8 use_rts:1;
1068 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001069 u8 short_preamble:1;
1070 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001071 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001072 };
1073 /* only needed before rate control */
1074 unsigned long jiffies;
1075 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001076 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001077 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001078 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001079 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001080 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001081 } control;
1082 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001083 u64 cookie;
1084 } ack;
1085 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001086 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001087 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001088 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001089 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001090 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001091 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301092 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001093 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001094 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001095 struct {
1096 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1097 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001098 u8 pad[4];
1099
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001100 void *rate_driver_data[
1101 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1102 };
1103 void *driver_data[
1104 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001105 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001106};
1107
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen7a892332019-11-18 22:06:10 -08001108static inline u16
1109ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est)
1110{
1111 /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime
1112 * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1
1113 */
1114 info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2;
1115 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1116}
1117
1118static inline u16
1119ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1120{
1121 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1122}
1123
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001124/**
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001125 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001126 *
1127 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1128 * @info: Basic tx status information
1129 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001130 * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001131 * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001132 */
1133struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1134 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1135 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1136 struct sk_buff *skb;
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001137 struct rate_info *rate;
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001138 struct list_head *free_list;
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001139};
1140
1141/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001142 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1143 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001144 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1145 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1146 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001147 *
1148 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1149 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1150 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1151 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1152 */
1153struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001154 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1155 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001156 const u8 *common_ies;
1157 size_t common_ie_len;
1158};
1159
1160
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001161static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1162{
1163 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1164}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001165
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001166static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1167{
1168 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1169}
1170
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001171/**
1172 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1173 *
1174 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1175 *
1176 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1177 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1178 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1179 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1180 *
1181 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1182 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1183 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1184 */
1185static inline void
1186ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1187{
1188 int i;
1189
1190 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1191 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1192 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1193 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1194 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1195 /* clear the rate counts */
1196 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1197 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1198
1199 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001200 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001201 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1202 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1203 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1204}
1205
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001206
1207/**
1208 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1209 *
1210 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1211 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1212 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1213 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001214 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1215 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001216 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001217 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1218 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001219 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1220 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1221 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1222 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001223 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1224 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001225 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1226 * the frame.
1227 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1228 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001229 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001230 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1231 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1232 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001233 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1234 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1235 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001236 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1237 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001238 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1239 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001240 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1241 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1242 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001243 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1244 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1245 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1246 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1247 * on this subframe
1248 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1249 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001250 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1251 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001252 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1253 * processing it in any regular way.
1254 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1255 * them for sniffing purposes.
1256 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1257 * monitor interfaces.
1258 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1259 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001260 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1261 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1262 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1263 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1264 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1265 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1266 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1267 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1268 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001269 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1270 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1271 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001272 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1273 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1274 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001275 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1276 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001277 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1278 * frame
1279 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001280 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1281 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001282 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001283 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1284 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1285 * - DATA3_CODING
1286 * - DATA5_GI
1287 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1288 * - DATA6_NSTS
1289 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001290 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001291 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1292 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1293 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001294 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001295 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1296 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1297 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1298 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001299 */
1300enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001301 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1302 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001303 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001304 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1305 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1306 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1307 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001308 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001309 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1310 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1311 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1312 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1313 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1314 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1315 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1316 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1317 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1318 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1319 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1320 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1321 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1322 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1323 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1324 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001325 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1326 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001327 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1328 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001329 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001330 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001331};
1332
1333/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001334 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001335 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001336 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001337 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1338 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1339 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1340 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001341 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001342 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1343 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001344 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001345 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001346enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1347 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001348 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1349 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1350 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1351 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1352 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001353};
1354
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001355#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1356
1357enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1358 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1359 RX_ENC_HT,
1360 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001361 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001362};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001363
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001364/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001365 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1366 *
1367 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1368 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001369 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001370 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001371 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1372 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001373 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1374 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001375 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1376 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001377 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001378 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001379 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1380 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001381 * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001382 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1383 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1384 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001385 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1386 * values were filled.
1387 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1388 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001389 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001390 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001391 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001392 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001393 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001394 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1395 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001396 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001397 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1398 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1399 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001400 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001401 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1402 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1403 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001404 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001405 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001406struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1407 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001408 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001409 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001410 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001411 u32 flag;
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001412 u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001413 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001414 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1415 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001416 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001417 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001418 u8 rx_flags;
1419 u8 band;
1420 u8 antenna;
1421 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001422 u8 chains;
1423 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001424 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001425 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001426};
1427
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001428static inline u32
1429ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status)
1430{
1431 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) +
1432 (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0);
1433}
1434
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001435/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001436 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1437 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1438 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1439 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1440 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1441 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1442 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1443 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1444 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1445 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1446 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1447 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1448 * @data field.
1449 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1450 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1451 * length
1452 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1453 *
1454 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1455 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1456 * data.
1457 */
1458struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1459 u32 present;
1460 u8 align;
1461 u8 oui[3];
1462 u8 subns;
1463 u8 pad;
1464 u16 len;
1465 u8 data[];
1466} __packed;
1467
1468/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001469 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1470 *
1471 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1472 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001473 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1474 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1475 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001476 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1477 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1478 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1479 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1480 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1481 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1482 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001483 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1484 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1485 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1486 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1487 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001488 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1489 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001490 */
1491enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001492 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001493 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001494 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001495 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001496};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001497
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001498
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001499/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001500 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1501 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001502 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001503 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001504 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001505 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001506 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001507 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001508 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001509 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001510 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1511 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001512 */
1513enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001514 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001515 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001516 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001517 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001518 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1519 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1520 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001521 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001522};
1523
1524/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001525 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1526 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001527 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1528 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1529 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1530 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1531 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001532 */
1533enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1534 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1535 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1536 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1537 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1538
1539 /* keep last */
1540 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1541};
1542
1543/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001544 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1545 *
1546 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1547 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001548 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1549 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001550 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001551 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1552 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1553 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001554 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1555 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1556 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1557 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001558 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1559 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001560 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001561 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001562 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001563 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001564 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001565 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1566 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001567 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001568 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1569 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001570 *
1571 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1572 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001573 * configured for an HT channel.
1574 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1575 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001576 */
1577struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001578 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001579 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001580
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001581 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001582 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001583
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001584 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1585
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001586 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001587 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001588 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001589};
1590
1591/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001592 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1593 *
1594 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1595 * operation.
1596 *
1597 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1598 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1599 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1600 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001601 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1602 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001603 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1604 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001605 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001606 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001607 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1608 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1609 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001610 */
1611struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1612 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001613 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001614 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001615 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001616 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001617 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001618};
1619
1620/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001621 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1622 *
1623 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1624 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001625 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1626 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1627 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1628 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001629 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1630 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1631 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1632 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001633 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1634 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1635 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001636 */
1637enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1638 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001639 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001640 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001641 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001642};
1643
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001644
1645/**
1646 * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags
1647 *
1648 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled
1649 * The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211.
1650 * It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface.
1651 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload
1652 */
1653
1654enum ieee80211_offload_flags {
1655 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED = BIT(0),
1656 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR = BIT(1),
1657};
1658
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001659/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001660 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1661 *
1662 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1663 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1664 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001665 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001666 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1667 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001668 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001669 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1670 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001671 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1672 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1673 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001674 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001675 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1676 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1677 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1678 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001679 * @offloaad_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface.
1680 * These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface,
1681 * .change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver
1682 * within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change
1683 * restrictions.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001684 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1685 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001686 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1687 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1688 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1689 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1690 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001691 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001692 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001693 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001694 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1695 * interface.
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001696 * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211
1697 * for this interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001698 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001699 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001700 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301701 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1702 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02001703 * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see
1704 * &enum ieee80211_offload_flags.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001705 */
1706struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001707 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001708 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001709 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001710 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001711 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001712 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001713
1714 u8 cab_queue;
1715 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1716
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001717 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1718
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001719 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1720
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001721 u32 driver_flags;
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001722 u32 offload_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001723
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001724#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1725 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1726#endif
1727
Johannes Berg6cd536f2020-04-17 12:43:01 +02001728 bool probe_req_reg;
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001729 bool rx_mcast_action_reg;
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001730
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301731 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1732
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001733 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001734 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001735};
1736
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001737static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1738{
1739#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001740 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001741#endif
1742 return false;
1743}
1744
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001745/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001746 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1747 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1748 *
1749 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1750 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1751 *
1752 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1753 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1754 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1755 */
1756struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1757
1758/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001759 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1760 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1761 *
1762 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1763 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1764 *
1765 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1766 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1767 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1768 */
1769struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1770
1771/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001772 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1773 *
1774 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1775 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1776 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001777 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1778 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001779 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1780 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001781 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1782 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1783 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001784 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1785 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001786 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001787 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1788 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001789 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001790 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001791 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001792 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1793 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1794 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001795 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1796 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1797 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1798 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1799 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1800 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1801 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001802 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001803 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001804 * only for management frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001805 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1806 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1807 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001808 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1809 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1810 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001811 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001812 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
1813 * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number
1814 * generation only
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001815 */
1816enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001817 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1818 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1819 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1820 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1821 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1822 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1823 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001824 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001825 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001826 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001827 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001828};
1829
1830/**
1831 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1832 *
1833 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1834 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1835 *
1836 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1837 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001838 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001839 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001840 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1841 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001842 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1843 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1844 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001845 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1846 * data block:
1847 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1848 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1849 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001850 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1851 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001852 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001853struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001854 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001855 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001856 u8 icv_len;
1857 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001858 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001859 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001860 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001861 u8 keylen;
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001862 u8 key[];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001863};
1864
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001865#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1866
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001867#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1868#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1869
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001870/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001871 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1872 *
1873 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1874 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1875 * reverse order than in packet)
1876 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1877 * reverse order than in packet)
1878 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1879 * reverse order than in packet)
1880 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1881 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001882 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001883 */
1884struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1885 union {
1886 struct {
1887 u32 iv32;
1888 u16 iv16;
1889 } tkip;
1890 struct {
1891 u8 pn[6];
1892 } ccmp;
1893 struct {
1894 u8 pn[6];
1895 } aes_cmac;
1896 struct {
1897 u8 pn[6];
1898 } aes_gmac;
1899 struct {
1900 u8 pn[6];
1901 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001902 struct {
1903 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1904 u8 seq_len;
1905 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001906 };
1907};
1908
1909/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001910 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1911 *
1912 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1913 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1914 *
1915 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1916 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1917 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1918 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1919 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1920 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1921 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1922 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1923 * key_idx value calculation:
1924 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1925 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1926 */
1927struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1928 u32 cipher;
1929 u16 iftype;
1930 u8 hdr_len;
1931 u8 pn_len;
1932 u8 pn_off;
1933 u8 key_idx_off;
1934 u8 key_idx_mask;
1935 u8 key_idx_shift;
1936 u8 mic_len;
1937};
1938
1939/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001940 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1941 *
1942 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1943 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1944 *
1945 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1946 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1947 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001948enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001949 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001950};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001951
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001952/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001953 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1954 *
1955 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1956 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1957 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1958 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1959 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1960 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1961 */
1962enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1963 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1964 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1965 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1966 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1967 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1968 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1969};
1970
1971/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001972 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1973 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1974 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1975 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1976 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1977 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1978 *
1979 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1980 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1981 */
1982enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1983 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1984 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1985 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1986 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1987};
1988
1989/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001990 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1991 *
1992 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001993 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001994 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1995 */
1996struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1997 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1998 struct {
1999 s8 idx;
2000 u8 count;
2001 u8 count_cts;
2002 u8 count_rts;
2003 u16 flags;
2004 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
2005};
2006
2007/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302008 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
2009 *
2010 * Used to configure txpower for station.
2011 *
2012 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
2013 * to the STA.
2014 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
2015 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
2016 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
2017 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
2018 * per peer TPC.
2019 */
2020struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
2021 s16 power;
2022 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
2023};
2024
2025/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002026 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
2027 *
2028 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
2029 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
2030 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
2031 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
2032 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01002033 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002034 *
2035 * @addr: MAC address
2036 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02002037 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01002038 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
2039 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002040 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002041 * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03002042 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
2043 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
2044 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01002045 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
2046 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002047 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002048 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002049 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03002050 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
2051 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002052 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002053 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002054 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
2055 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
2056 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
2057 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002058 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04002059 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002060 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002061 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
2062 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302063 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002064 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
2065 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
2066 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002067 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002068 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002069 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08002070 * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002071 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
2072 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002073 */
2074struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02002075 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002076 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
2077 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02002078 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00002079 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002080 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002081 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002082 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03002083 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03002084 u8 uapsd_queues;
2085 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002086 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002087 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002088 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002089 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002090 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002091 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302092 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002093 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002094
2095 /**
2096 * @max_amsdu_len:
2097 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
2098 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
2099 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
2100 *
2101 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
2102 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13002103 * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002104 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
2105 *
2106 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
2107 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
2108 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
2109 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002110 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002111 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002112 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002113 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302114 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002115
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002116 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002117
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002118 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002119 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002120};
2121
2122/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002123 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2124 *
2125 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302126 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002127 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002128 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2129 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2130 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002131enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002132 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2133};
2134
2135/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002136 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2137 *
2138 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2139 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2140 */
2141struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2142 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2143};
2144
2145/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002146 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2147 *
2148 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2149 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002150 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2151 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002152 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002153 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002154 *
2155 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2156 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2157 */
2158struct ieee80211_txq {
2159 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2160 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2161 u8 tid;
2162 u8 ac;
2163
2164 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002165 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002166};
2167
2168/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002169 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2170 *
2171 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2172 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2173 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2174 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2175 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2176 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002177 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2178 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2179 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2180 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2181 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2182 * algorithm.
2183 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2184 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2185 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2186 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2187 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2188 * CCK frames.
2189 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002190 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2191 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2192 * the FCS at the end.
2193 *
2194 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2195 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2196 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2197 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2198 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2199 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002200 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002201 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002202 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2203 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2204 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2205 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2206 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002207 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2208 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2209 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2210 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2211 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002212 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2213 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2214 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302215 *
2216 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2217 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002218 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002219 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2220 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2221 *
2222 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2223 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2224 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2225 *
2226 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2227 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002228 *
2229 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2230 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002231 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302232 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2233 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2234 * the stack.
2235 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002236 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002237 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2238 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002239 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002240 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2241 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2242 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002243 *
2244 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2245 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2246 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2247 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2248 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2249 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002250 *
2251 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2252 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2253 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2254 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2255 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2256 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002257 *
2258 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2259 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2260 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002261 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002262 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2263 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2264 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002265 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002266 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2267 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2268 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2269 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002270 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2271 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2272 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2273 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2274 * supported cipher suites.
2275 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002276 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2277 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2278 * for frames.
2279 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002280 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2281 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2282 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2283 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002284 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002285 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2286 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2287 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002288 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2289 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2290 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002291 *
2292 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2293 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002294 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002295 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2296 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2297 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2298 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002299 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2300 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2301 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2302 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002303 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002304 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2305 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2306 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002307 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002308 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002309 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002310 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2311 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2312 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002313 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2314 * within A-MPDU.
2315 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002316 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2317 * for sent beacons.
2318 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002319 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2320 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2321 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2322 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2323 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002324 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2325 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2326 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2327 * timeout.
2328 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002329 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2330 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2331 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002332 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2333 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2334 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2335 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2336 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2337 *
2338 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2339 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2340 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302341 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2342 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2343 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2344 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2345 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002346 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2347 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2348 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2349 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002350 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2351 * TDLS links.
2352 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002353 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2354 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2355 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2356 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2357 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2358 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2359 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002360 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002361 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2362 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002363 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002364 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2365 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2366 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002367 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2368 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2369 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2370 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2371 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2372 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002373 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2374 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2375 * TXQs to start with.
2376 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002377 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2378 * length in tx status information
2379 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002380 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2381 *
2382 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2383 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2384 *
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002385 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2386 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2387 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2388 *
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002389 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation
2390 * offload
2391 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002392 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002393 */
2394enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002395 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2396 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2397 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2398 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2399 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2400 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2401 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2402 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2403 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2404 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2405 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2406 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2407 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2408 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2409 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2410 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2411 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2412 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2413 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2414 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2415 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2416 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2417 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2418 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2419 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2420 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2421 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2422 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2423 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002424 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002425 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002426 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002427 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002428 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002429 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002430 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2431 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302432 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002433 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002434 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002435 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002436 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002437 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002438 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002439 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002440 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002441 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2442 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002443 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002444 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002445
2446 /* keep last, obviously */
2447 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002448};
2449
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002450/**
2451 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002452 *
2453 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2454 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2455 *
2456 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2457 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2458 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002459 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2460 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002461 *
2462 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2463 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002464 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2465 * along with this structure.
2466 *
2467 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2468 *
2469 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2470 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2471 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002472 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2473 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002474 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002475 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002476 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002477 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002478 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002479 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002480 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002481 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002482 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2483 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2484 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002485 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2486 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2487 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002488 *
2489 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2490 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002491 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2492 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002493 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2494 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002495 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2496 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002497 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002498 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2499 * can handle.
2500 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2501 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002502 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002503 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002504 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2505 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2506 * aggregation.
2507 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2508 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2509 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002510 *
2511 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002512 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2513 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2514 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2515 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2516 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002517 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002518 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2519 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2520 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002521 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2522 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002523 *
2524 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2525 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002526 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002527 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002528 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002529 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2530 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002531 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002532 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002533 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2534 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002535 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002536 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002537 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002538 * device_timestamp.
2539 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2540 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2541 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2542 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2543 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002544 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002545 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002546 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2547 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002548 *
2549 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2550 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2551 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2552 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2553 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2554 * neither enabled.
2555 *
2556 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2557 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2558 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002559 *
2560 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2561 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2562 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002563 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2564 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002565 *
2566 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2567 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2568 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002569 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002570 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002571 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002572 *
2573 * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002574 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002575struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002576 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002577 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002578 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002579 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002580 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002581 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002582 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002583 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002584 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002585 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002586 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002587 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002588 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002589 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002590 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002591 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002592 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002593 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2594 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002595 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002596 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002597 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002598 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002599 struct {
2600 int units_pos;
2601 s16 accuracy;
2602 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002603 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002604 u8 uapsd_queues;
2605 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002606 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2607 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002608 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002609 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002610 u8 weight_multiplier;
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002611 u32 max_mtu;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002612};
2613
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002614static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2615 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2616{
2617 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2618}
2619#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2620
2621static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2622 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2623{
2624 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2625}
2626#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2627
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002628/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002629 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2630 *
2631 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2632 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2633 */
2634struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2635 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2636
2637 /* Keep last */
2638 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2639};
2640
2641/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002642 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2643 *
2644 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2645 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2646 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2647 * @status: channel-switch response status
2648 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2649 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2650 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2651 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2652 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2653 */
2654struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2655 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2656 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2657 u8 action_code;
2658 u32 status;
2659 u32 timestamp;
2660 u16 switch_time;
2661 u16 switch_timeout;
2662 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2663 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2664};
2665
2666/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002667 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2668 *
2669 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2670 *
2671 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2672 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2673 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2674 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2675 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002676 *
2677 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002678 */
2679struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2680
2681/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002682 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2683 *
2684 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2685 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2686 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002687static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2688{
2689 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2690}
2691
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002692/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002693 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002694 *
2695 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2696 * @addr: the address to set
2697 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002698static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002699{
2700 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2701}
2702
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002703static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2704ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002705 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002706{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002707 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002708 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002709 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002710}
2711
2712static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2713ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002714 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002715{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002716 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002717 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002718 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002719}
2720
2721static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2722ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002723 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002724{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002725 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002726 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002727 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002728}
2729
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002730/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002731 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2732 * @hw: the hardware
2733 * @skb: the skb
2734 *
Joe Perches3f2aef12019-10-24 11:32:12 -07002735 * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002736 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2737 */
2738void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2739
2740/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002741 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002742 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002743 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2744 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2745 *
2746 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2747 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002748 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2749 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2750 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002751 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2752 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2753 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002754 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2755 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2756 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2757 *
2758 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2759 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2760 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2761 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2762 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002763 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2764 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2765 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2766 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2767 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002768 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2769 *
2770 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2771 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2772 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2773 * based on the receive flags.
2774 *
2775 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2776 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2777 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2778 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002779 *
2780 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2781 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2782 * handler.
2783 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002784 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002785 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2786 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002787 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002788 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002789 *
2790 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2791 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2792 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002793 *
2794 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07002795 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002796 * requirements:
2797 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2798 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2799 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2800 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2801 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2802 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2803 encrypted with the new key and
2804 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2805 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002806 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002807
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002808/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002809 * DOC: Powersave support
2810 *
2811 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2812 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002813 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2814 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2815 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2816 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2817 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2818 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2819 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2820 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002821 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002822 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2823 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2824 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002825 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2826 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002827 *
2828 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2829 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2830 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002831 *
2832 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2833 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2834 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2835 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002836 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2837 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002838 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002839 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002840 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2841 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2842 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2843 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2844 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2845 * periods.
2846 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002847 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002848 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2849 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2850 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2851 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2852 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2853 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2854 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2855 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2856 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2857 *
2858 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002859 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002860 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002861 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2862 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2863 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2864 *
2865 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2866 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002867 */
2868
2869/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002870 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2871 *
2872 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002873 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002874 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2875 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2876 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2877 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2878 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2879 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002880 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2881 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002882 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2883 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2884 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2885 *
2886 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2887 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2888 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2889 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2890 *
2891 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2892 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2893 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2894 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002895 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002896 * - a list of information element IDs
2897 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2898 *
2899 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2900 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2901 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2902 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2903 * vendor information elements.
2904 *
2905 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2906 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2907 *
2908 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2909 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2910 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2911 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2912 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2913 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2914 *
2915 *
2916 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2917 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2918 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2919 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2920 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2921 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2922 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2923 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2924 *
2925 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2926 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2927 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002928 */
2929
2930/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002931 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2932 *
2933 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2934 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2935 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2936 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2937 *
2938 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2939 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2940 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2941 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2942 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2943 * hardware flags.
2944 *
2945 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2946 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2947 * turned off otherwise.
2948 *
2949 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2950 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2951 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2952 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2953 */
2954
2955/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002956 * DOC: Frame filtering
2957 *
2958 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2959 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2960 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2961 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2962 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2963 *
2964 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2965 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2966 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2967 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002968 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2969 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2970 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2971 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2972 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2973 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2974 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002975 *
2976 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2977 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2978 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2979 * or dropped.
2980 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002981 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2982 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2983 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2984 * the flag, but not clear it.
2985 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2986 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2987 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2988 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2989 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2990 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2991 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2992 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002993 */
2994
2995/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002996 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2997 *
2998 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2999 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
3000 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
3001 *
3002 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
3003 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
3004 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
3005 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
3006 * the driver code.
3007 *
3008 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
3009 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
3010 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
3011 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
3012 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
3013 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
3014 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
3015 *
3016 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
3017 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
3018 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
3019 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
3020 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
3021 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
3022 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
3023 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
3024 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
3025 * @sta_notify callback.
3026 *
3027 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
3028 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
3029 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
3030 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
3031 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
3032 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
3033 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003034 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003035 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
3036 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
3037 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
3038 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
3039 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
3040 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
3041 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003042 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
3043 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
3044 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003045 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
3046 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
3047 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
3048 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
3049 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
3050 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
3051 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
3052 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
3053 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
3054 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
3055 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
3056 *
3057 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
3058 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
3059 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
3060 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
3061 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
3062 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
3063 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
3064 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
3065 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
3066 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003067 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003068 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
3069 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
3070 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
3071 *
3072 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
3073 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
3074 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
3075 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
3076 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003077 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003078 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
3079 *
3080 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
3081 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
3082 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
3083 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003084 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01003085 *
3086 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
3087 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
3088 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
3089 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003090 */
3091
3092/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02003093 * DOC: HW queue control
3094 *
3095 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
3096 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
3097 * was problematic for a few reasons:
3098 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
3099 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
3100 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
3101 *
3102 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
3103 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
3104 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
3105 *
3106 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
3107 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
3108 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
3109 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
3110 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
3111 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
3112 * the hardware queue.
3113 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
3114 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
3115 *
3116 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
3117 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
3118 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
3119 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
3120 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3121 *
3122 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3123 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3124 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3125 * off-channel queue: 9
3126 *
3127 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3128 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3129 *
3130 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3131 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3132 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3133 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3134 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3135 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3136 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3137 *
3138 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3139 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3140 *
3141 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3142 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3143 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3144 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3145 */
3146
3147/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003148 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3149 *
3150 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3151 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3152 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3153 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3154 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003155 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3156 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3157 * multicast address.
3158 *
3159 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3160 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3161 *
3162 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3163 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3164 *
3165 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3166 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3167 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3168 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3169 * honour this flag if possible.
3170 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003171 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3172 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003173 *
3174 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003175 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003176 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003177 *
3178 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003179 *
3180 * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003181 */
3182enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003183 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3184 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3185 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3186 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3187 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3188 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003189 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003190 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003191 FIF_MCAST_ACTION = 1<<9,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003192};
3193
3194/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003195 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3196 *
3197 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3198 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003199 *
3200 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3201 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003202 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003203 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3204 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003205 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3206 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003207 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003208 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or
3209 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status
3210 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after
3211 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003212 * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003213 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003214 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3215 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3216 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3217 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3218 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3219 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3220 * session is gone and removes the station.
3221 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3222 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3223 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3224 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003225 */
3226enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3227 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3228 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003229 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003230 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3231 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3232 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003233 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003234};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003235
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003236#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003237#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003238
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003239/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003240 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3241 *
3242 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3243 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3244 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3245 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3246 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3247 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3248 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3249 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3250 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3251 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3252 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3253 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3254 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3255 */
3256struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3257 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3258 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3259 u16 tid;
3260 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003261 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003262 bool amsdu;
3263 u16 timeout;
3264};
3265
3266/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003267 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3268 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003269 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3270 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003271 */
3272enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3273 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003274 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003275};
3276
3277/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003278 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3279 *
3280 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003281 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3282 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3283 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003284 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003285 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3286 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3287 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003288 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3289 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003290 */
3291enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3292 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3293 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003294 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003295 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003296};
3297
3298/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003299 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3300 *
3301 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3302 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003303 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa).
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003304 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3305 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3306 *
3307 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3308 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003309 * for sending management frames offchannel.
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003310 */
3311enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3312 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3313 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3314};
3315
3316/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02003317 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_type - reconfig type
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003318 *
3319 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3320 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3321 *
3322 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3323 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3324 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3325 * of wowlan configuration)
3326 */
3327enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3328 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3329 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3330};
3331
3332/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003333 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3334 *
3335 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3336 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3337 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3338 *
3339 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3340 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3341 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003342 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003343 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003344 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003345 *
3346 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3347 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3348 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3349 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3350 * or zero.
3351 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3352 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3353 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003354 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003355 *
3356 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3357 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3358 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3359 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003360 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3361 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003362 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003363 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003364 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3365 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3366 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3367 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3368 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003369 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3370 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3371 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3372 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003373 *
3374 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3375 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3376 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3377 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3378 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3379 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003380 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3381 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3382 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3383 * in suspend().
3384 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003385 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003386 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003387 * and @stop must be implemented.
3388 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3389 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3390 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3391 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3392 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003393 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003394 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003395 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3396 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3397 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3398 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3399 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3400 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003401 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3402 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3403 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3404 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3405 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3406 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3407 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003408 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003409 *
3410 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3411 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003412 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003413 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003414 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003415 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3416 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3417 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3418 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3419 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003420 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3421 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003422 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003423 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3424 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3425 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3426 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003427 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3428 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003429 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003430 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003431 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3432 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3433 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3434 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3435 * which flags are changed.
3436 * This callback can sleep.
3437 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003438 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003439 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003440 *
3441 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003442 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3443 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003444 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003445 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003446 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003447 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003448 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3449 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3450 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003451 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003452 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003453 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3454 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3455 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3456 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3457 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3458 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003459 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3460 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3461 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3462 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003463 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003464 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003465 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3466 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003467 * that power save is disabled.
3468 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3469 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3470 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3471 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3472 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3473 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3474 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003475 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3476 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3477 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3478 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3479 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003480 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003481 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003482 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3483 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3484 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3485 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3486 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3487 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3488 * The callback can sleep.
3489 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003490 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3491 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3492 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3493 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3494 *
3495 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003496 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003497 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003498 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3499 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003500 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3501 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3502 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003503 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003504 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3505 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3506 * this notification.
3507 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003508 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003509 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3510 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003511 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003512 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003513 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3514 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3515 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003516 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003517 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003518 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003519 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3520 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3521 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003522 * The callback can sleep.
3523 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003524 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003525 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003526 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003527 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3528 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3529 *
3530 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003531 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3532 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3533 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3534 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3535 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003536 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303537 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3538 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003539 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3540 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303541 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003542 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003543 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3544 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3545 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003546 *
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08003547 * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx
3548 * power for the station.
3549 * This callback can sleep.
3550 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003551 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3552 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3553 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3554 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003555 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3556 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3557 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3558 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3559 * The callback can sleep.
3560 *
3561 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3562 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3563 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3564 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3565 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003566 * The callback can sleep.
3567 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003568 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3569 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3570 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3571 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3572 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3573 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3574 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003575 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3576 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3577 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003578 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003579 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3580 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3581 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3582 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3583 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3584 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3585 * The callback can sleep.
3586 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003587 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003588 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003589 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003590 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003591 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003592 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003593 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003594 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003595 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003596 *
3597 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003598 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003599 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003600 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003601 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003602 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3603 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3604 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3605 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3606 * The callback can sleep.
3607 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003608 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3609 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3610 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3611 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003612 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003613 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003614 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3615 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3616 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003617 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003618 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003619 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003620 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3621 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003622 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3623 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3624 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003625 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003626 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003627 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3628 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003629 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3630 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3631 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003632 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003633 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3634 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003635 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003636 *
3637 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003638 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3639 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3640 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3641 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003642 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003643 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003644 *
3645 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3646 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3647 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3648 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003649 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003650 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3651 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3652 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3653 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3654 *
3655 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003656 *
3657 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3658 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3659 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3660 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3661 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3662 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003663 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003664 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3665 * must be accepted in this case.
3666 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003667 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3668 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003669 *
3670 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3671 *
3672 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303673 *
3674 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3675 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303676 *
3677 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3678 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3679 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003680 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3681 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003682 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003683 *
3684 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3685 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3686 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3687 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003688 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003689 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3690 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3691 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3692 * more-data bit must always be set.
3693 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3694 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003695 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3696 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3697 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3698 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3699 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3700 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003701 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3702 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3703 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003704 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3705 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003706 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003707 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003708 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003709 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3710 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3711 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003712 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003713 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3714 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3715 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3716 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003717 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003718 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003719 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3720 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3721 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003722 *
3723 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3724 *
3725 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3726 *
3727 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3728 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3729 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003730 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3731 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3732 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3733 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3734 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3735 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3736 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3737 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3738 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003739 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3740 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3741 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003742 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3743 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003744 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3745 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003746 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003747 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003748 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3749 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3750 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3751 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3752 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3753 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3754 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3755 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3756 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003757 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303758 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003759 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303760 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003761 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3762 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3763 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303764 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003765 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3766 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303767 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003768 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3769 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303770 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003771 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3772 * another, as specified in the list of
3773 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3774 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303775 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003776 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003777 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3778 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3779 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3780 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3781 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3782 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3783 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003784 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003785 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3786 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3787 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3788 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3789 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003790 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003791 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3792 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3793 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003794 *
3795 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3796 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3797 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003798 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003799 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3800 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02003801 * 1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003802 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003803 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3804 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003805 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3806 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003807 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003808 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003809 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3810 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3811 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003812 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3813 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3814 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003815 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3816 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3817 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003818 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3819 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3820 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3821 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003822 *
3823 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3824 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3825 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003826 *
3827 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3828 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003829 *
3830 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3831 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3832 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3833 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3834 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3835 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3836 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3837 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3838 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003839 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3840 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3841 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3842 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3843 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3844 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3845 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003846 *
3847 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003848 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3849 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3850 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3851 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003852 *
3853 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3854 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003855 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3856 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3857 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3858 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3859 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3860 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003861 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3862 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3863 * this call.
3864 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3865 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3866 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003867 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3868 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3869 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3870 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003871 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3872 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003873 *
3874 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3875 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05303876 * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep.
3877 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer.
3878 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02003879 * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02003880 * This callback may sleep.
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02003881 * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using
3882 * 4-address mode
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003883 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003884struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003885 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3886 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3887 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003888 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003889 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003890#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3891 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3892 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003893 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003894#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003895 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003896 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003897 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3898 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003899 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003900 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003901 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003902 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003903 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3904 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3905 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3906 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003907
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003908 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3909 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3910
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003911 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003912 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003913 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3914 unsigned int changed_flags,
3915 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003916 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003917 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3918 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3919 unsigned int filter_flags,
3920 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003921 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3922 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003923 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003924 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003925 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003926 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003927 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3928 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3929 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3930 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003931 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3932 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3933 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003934 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3935 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003936 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003937 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003938 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3939 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003940 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3941 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3942 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003943 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003944 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003945 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003946 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3947 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3948 const u8 *mac_addr);
3949 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3950 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003951 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3952 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003953 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3954 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3955 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003956 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003957 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003958 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3959 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3960 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3961 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303962#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3963 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3964 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3965 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3966 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303967#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003968 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003969 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303970 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3971 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3972 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003973 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3974 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3975 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3976 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003977 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3978 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3979 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003980 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3981 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3982 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3983 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003984 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3985 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3986 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003987 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3988 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3989 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3990 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003991 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003992 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003993 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003994 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3995 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3996 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003997 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3998 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003999 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004000 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01004001
4002 /**
4003 * @ampdu_action:
4004 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
4005 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
4006 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
4007 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
4008 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
4009 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
4010 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
4011 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
4012 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
4013 *
4014 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
4015 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
4016 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
4017 *
4018 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
4019 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
4020 *
4021 * - ``TX: 1 or``
4022 * - ``TX: 18 or``
4023 * - ``TX: 81``
4024 *
4025 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
4026 *
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02004027 * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
4028 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
4029 * if the session can start immediately.
4030 *
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01004031 * The callback can sleep.
4032 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02004033 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01004034 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02004035 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02004036 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
4037 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02004038 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02004039 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004040#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03004041 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4042 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07004043 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
4044 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4045 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004046#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02004047 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4048 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004049 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03004050 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004051 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09004052 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4053 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004054
4055 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02004056 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004057 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02004058 int duration,
4059 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Emmanuel Grumbach5db4c4b2019-07-23 21:00:01 +03004060 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4061 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05004062 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
4063 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4064 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05304065 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05304066 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4067 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02004068 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4069 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4070 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004071
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02004072 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4073 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4074 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4075 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4076 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004077 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4078 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4079 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4080 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4081 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07004082
4083 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4084 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
4085 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4086 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4087 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
4088 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4089 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4090 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02004091
4092 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03004093 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4094 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004095
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03004096 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4097 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4098
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004099 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4100 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4101 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4102 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4103 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4104 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
4105 u32 changed);
4106 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4107 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4108 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4109 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4110 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4111 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03004112 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4113 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
4114 int n_vifs,
4115 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01004116
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02004117 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4118 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01004119
4120#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
4121 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4122 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4123 struct inet6_dev *idev);
4124#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004125 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4126 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4127 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03004128 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4129 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4130 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004131
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004132 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4133 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02004134 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4135 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02004136 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4137 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4138 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004139
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004140 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4141 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03004142 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4143 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02004144 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4145 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004146
4147 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4148 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4149 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4150 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004151 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004152 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4153 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4154 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004155 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4156 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4157 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004158
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004159 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4160 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004161 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004162
4163 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4164 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4165 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4166 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4167 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004168 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4169 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4170 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004171 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4172 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4173 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4174 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4175 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4176 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004177 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4178 struct sk_buff *head,
4179 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004180 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4181 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4182 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004183 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4184 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4185 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4186 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05304187 int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4188 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4189 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4190 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4191 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4192 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4193 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids);
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02004194 void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4195 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02004196 void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4197 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004198};
4199
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004200/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004201 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4202 *
4203 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4204 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4205 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4206 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4207 * @priv_data_len.
4208 *
4209 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4210 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4211 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4212 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4213 *
4214 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4215 */
4216struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4217 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4218 const char *requested_name);
4219
4220/**
4221 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004222 *
4223 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4224 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4225 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4226 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4227 * @priv_data_len.
4228 *
4229 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4230 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004231 *
4232 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004233 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004234static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004235struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004236 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4237{
4238 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4239}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004240
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004241/**
4242 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4243 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004244 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4245 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4246 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004247 *
4248 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004249 *
4250 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004251 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004252int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4253
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004254/**
4255 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4256 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4257 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4258 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4259 */
4260struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4261 int throughput;
4262 int blink_time;
4263};
4264
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004265/**
4266 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4267 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4268 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4269 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4270 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4271 */
4272enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4273 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4274 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4275 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4276};
4277
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004278#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004279const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4280const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4281const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4282const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4283const char *
4284__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4285 unsigned int flags,
4286 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4287 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004288#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004289/**
4290 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4291 *
4292 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4293 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4294 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4295 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4296 *
4297 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004298 *
4299 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004300 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004301static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004302{
4303#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4304 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4305#else
4306 return NULL;
4307#endif
4308}
4309
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004310/**
4311 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4312 *
4313 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4314 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4315 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4316 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4317 *
4318 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004319 *
4320 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004321 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004322static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004323{
4324#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4325 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4326#else
4327 return NULL;
4328#endif
4329}
4330
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004331/**
4332 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4333 *
4334 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4335 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4336 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4337 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4338 *
4339 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004340 *
4341 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004342 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004343static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004344{
4345#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4346 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4347#else
4348 return NULL;
4349#endif
4350}
4351
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004352/**
4353 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4354 *
4355 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4356 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4357 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4358 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4359 *
4360 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004361 *
4362 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004363 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004364static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004365{
4366#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4367 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4368#else
4369 return NULL;
4370#endif
4371}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004372
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004373/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004374 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4375 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004376 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004377 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4378 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4379 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004380 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4381 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4382 *
4383 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004384 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004385static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004386ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004387 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4388 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4389{
4390#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004391 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004392 blink_table_len);
4393#else
4394 return NULL;
4395#endif
4396}
4397
4398/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004399 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4400 *
4401 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4402 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4403 *
4404 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4405 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004406void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4407
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004408/**
4409 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4410 *
4411 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4412 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004413 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004414 *
4415 * @hw: the hardware to free
4416 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004417void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4418
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004419/**
4420 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4421 *
4422 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4423 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4424 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4425 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4426 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4427 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4428 *
4429 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4430 */
4431void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4432
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004433/**
Felix Fietkauc5d16862020-07-26 13:06:11 +02004434 * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list
4435 *
4436 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4437 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4438 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4439 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4440 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4441 *
4442 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4443 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4444 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4445 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4446 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4447 *
4448 * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock
4449 *
4450 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4451 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
4452 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4453 * @list: the destination list
4454 */
4455void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4456 struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list);
4457
4458/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004459 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004460 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004461 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4462 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4463 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4464 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4465 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4466 *
4467 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4468 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4469 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4470 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4471 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4472 *
4473 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4474 *
4475 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004476 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004477 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4478 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004479 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004480void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4481 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004482
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004483/**
4484 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4485 *
4486 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004487 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4488 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4489 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4490 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004491 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004492 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004493 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4494 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004495 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4496 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004497 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004498 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004499 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004500 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4501 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004502 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004503static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4504{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004505 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004506}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004507
4508/**
4509 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4510 *
4511 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004512 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4513 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004514 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004515 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4516 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004517 *
4518 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4519 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004520 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004521void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004522
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004523/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004524 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4525 *
4526 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4527 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4528 *
4529 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004530 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4531 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004532 *
4533 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4534 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4535 */
4536static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4537 struct sk_buff *skb)
4538{
4539 local_bh_disable();
4540 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4541 local_bh_enable();
4542}
4543
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004544/**
4545 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4546 *
4547 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4548 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4549 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4550 *
4551 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4552 *
4553 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4554 * each other.
4555 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004556 * @sta: currently connected sta
4557 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004558 *
4559 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004560 */
4561int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4562
4563/**
4564 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4565 * (in process context)
4566 *
4567 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4568 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4569 * applies.
4570 *
4571 * @sta: currently connected sta
4572 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004573 *
4574 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004575 */
4576static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4577 bool start)
4578{
4579 int ret;
4580
4581 local_bh_disable();
4582 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4583 local_bh_enable();
4584
4585 return ret;
4586}
4587
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004588/**
4589 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4590 * @sta: currently connected station
4591 *
4592 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4593 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4594 * connected station was received.
4595 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4596 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4597 * be serialized.
4598 */
4599void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4600
4601/**
4602 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4603 * @sta: currently connected station
4604 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4605 *
4606 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4607 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4608 * from a connected station was received.
4609 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4610 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4611 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004612 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4613 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4614 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4615 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004616 */
4617void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4618
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004619/*
4620 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4621 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4622 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004623#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004624
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004625/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004626 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004627 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004628 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4629 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004630 *
4631 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004632 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4633 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004634 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004635 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4636 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4637 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4638 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4639 *
4640 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4641 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4642 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4643 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4644 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4645 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4646 *
4647 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4648 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4649 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4650 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4651 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004652 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004653void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4654 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004655
4656/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004657 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4658 *
4659 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4660 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4661 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4662 *
4663 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4664 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4665 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4666 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4667 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4668 */
4669void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4670 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4671 struct sk_buff *skb,
4672 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4673 int max_rates);
4674
4675/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004676 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4677 *
4678 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4679 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4680 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4681 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4682 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4683 * slow stations to starve).
4684 *
4685 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4686 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4687 */
4688void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4689 u32 thr);
4690
4691/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304692 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4693 *
4694 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4695 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4696 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4697 *
4698 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4699 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4700 * @info: tx status information
4701 */
4702void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4703 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4704 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4705
4706/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004707 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4708 *
4709 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4710 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4711 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4712 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004713 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4714 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004715 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004716 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4717 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004718 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004719 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4720 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004721 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004722void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004723 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004724
4725/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004726 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4727 *
4728 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4729 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4730 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4731 *
4732 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4733 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4734 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4735 *
4736 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4737 * @status: tx status information
4738 */
4739void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4740 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4741
4742/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004743 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4744 *
4745 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4746 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4747 * specific skbs.
4748 *
4749 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4750 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4751 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4752 *
4753 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4754 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4755 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4756 * @info: tx status information
4757 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004758static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4759 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4760 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4761{
4762 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4763 .sta = sta,
4764 .info = info,
4765 };
4766
4767 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4768}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004769
4770/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004771 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4772 *
4773 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4774 *
4775 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4776 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4777 * for a single hardware.
4778 *
4779 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4780 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4781 */
4782static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4783 struct sk_buff *skb)
4784{
4785 local_bh_disable();
4786 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4787 local_bh_enable();
4788}
4789
4790/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004791 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004792 *
4793 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4794 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4795 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004796 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4797 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004798 *
4799 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4800 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004801 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004802void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004803 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004804
4805/**
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004806 * ieee80211_tx_status_8023 - transmit status callback for 802.3 frame format
4807 *
4808 * Call this function for all transmitted data frames after their transmit
4809 * completion. This callback should only be called for data frames which
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07004810 * are using driver's (or hardware's) offload capability of encap/decap
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004811 * 802.11 frames.
4812 *
4813 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4814 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other and all
4815 * calls in the same tx status family.
4816 *
4817 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4818 * @vif: the interface for which the frame was transmitted
4819 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4820 */
4821void ieee80211_tx_status_8023(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4822 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4823 struct sk_buff *skb);
4824
4825/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004826 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4827 *
4828 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4829 * connected STA.
4830 *
4831 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4832 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4833 */
4834void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4835
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004836#define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004837
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004838/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004839 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4840 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4841 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004842 * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4843 * to countdown counters. This array can contain zero values which
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004844 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004845 */
4846struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4847 u16 tim_offset;
4848 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004849
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004850 u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004851};
4852
4853/**
4854 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4855 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4856 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4857 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4858 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4859 *
4860 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4861 * obtain the beacon template.
4862 *
4863 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4864 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004865 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4866 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004867 *
4868 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4869 *
4870 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4871 */
4872struct sk_buff *
4873ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4874 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4875 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4876
4877/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004878 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4879 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004880 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004881 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4882 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4883 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4884 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4885 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4886 *
4887 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004888 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004889 *
4890 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4891 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004892 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4893 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004894 *
4895 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004896 *
4897 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004898 */
4899struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4900 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4901 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4902
4903/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004904 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4905 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004906 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004907 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004908 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004909 *
4910 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004911 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004912static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4913 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4914{
4915 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4916}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004917
4918/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004919 * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004920 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4921 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004922 * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004923 * This function is called implicitly when
4924 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4925 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004926 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004927 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004928 * Return: new countdown value
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004929 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004930u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004931
4932/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004933 * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004934 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4935 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4936 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004937 * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004938 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4939 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004940 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(),
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004941 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4942 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004943void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004944
4945/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004946 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4947 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4948 *
4949 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004950 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004951 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4952 */
4953void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4954
4955/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004956 * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004957 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4958 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004959 * This function returns whether the countdown reached zero.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004960 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004961bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004962
4963/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004964 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4965 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4966 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4967 *
4968 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4969 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4970 *
4971 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004972 *
4973 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004974 */
4975struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4976 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4977
4978/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004979 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4980 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4981 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4982 *
4983 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4984 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4985 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4986 *
4987 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4988 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004989 *
4990 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004991 */
4992struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4993 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4994
4995/**
4996 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4997 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4998 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004999 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
5000 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005001 *
5002 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
5003 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
5004 * BSSID and address is used.
5005 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005006 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
5007 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
5008 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005009 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
5010 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005011 *
5012 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005013 */
5014struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005015 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5016 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005017
5018/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005019 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5020 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005021 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005022 * @ssid: SSID buffer
5023 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005024 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005025 *
5026 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5027 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005028 *
5029 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005030 */
5031struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005032 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005033 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005034 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005035
5036/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005037 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
5038 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005039 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005040 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
5041 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005042 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005043 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
5044 *
5045 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5046 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5047 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5048 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
5049 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005050void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005051 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005052 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005053 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
5054
5055/**
5056 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
5057 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005058 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005059 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005060 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005061 *
5062 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5063 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5064 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005065 *
5066 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005067 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005068__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5069 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005070 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005071
5072/**
5073 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
5074 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005075 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005076 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
5077 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005078 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005079 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
5080 *
5081 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5082 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5083 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5084 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
5085 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005086void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5087 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005088 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005089 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005090 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
5091
5092/**
5093 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
5094 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005095 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005096 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005097 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005098 *
5099 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5100 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5101 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005102 *
5103 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005104 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005105__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5106 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005107 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005108 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005109
5110/**
5111 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
5112 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005113 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02005114 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005115 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005116 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005117 *
5118 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
5119 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005120 *
5121 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005122 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005123__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5124 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005125 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005126 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005127 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005128
5129/**
5130 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
5131 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005132 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005133 *
5134 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
5135 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
5136 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
5137 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005138 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
5139 *
5140 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
5141 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005142 *
5143 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
5144 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
5145 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
5146 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
5147 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
5148 * use common code for all beacons.
5149 */
5150struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005151ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005152
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005153/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005154 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
5155 *
5156 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
5157 *
5158 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5159 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5160 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5161 */
5162void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5163 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5164
5165/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005166 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005167 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005168 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
5169 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005170 *
5171 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005172 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
5173 * with this P1K
5174 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005175 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005176static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5177 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
5178{
5179 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
5180 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
5181 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
5182
5183 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
5184}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005185
5186/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02005187 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
5188 *
5189 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
5190 * and transmitter address.
5191 *
5192 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5193 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
5194 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5195 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5196 */
5197void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5198 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5199
5200/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005201 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5202 *
5203 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5204 * in the packet.
5205 *
5206 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5207 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5208 * encrypted with this key
5209 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5210 */
5211void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5212 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005213
5214/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005215 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5216 *
5217 * @pos: start of crypto header
5218 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5219 * @pn: PN to add
5220 *
5221 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5222 * the packet payload)
5223 *
5224 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5225 * point to the crypto header)
5226 */
5227u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5228
5229/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005230 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5231 *
5232 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005233 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005234 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5235 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5236 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5237 *
5238 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5239 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5240 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5241 *
5242 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5243 * can be done concurrently.
5244 */
5245void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5246 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5247
5248/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005249 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5250 *
5251 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005252 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005253 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5254 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5255 * @seq: new sequence data
5256 *
5257 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5258 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5259 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5260 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5261 *
5262 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5263 * can be done concurrently.
5264 */
5265void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5266 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5267
5268/**
5269 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5270 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5271 *
5272 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5273 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5274 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5275 *
5276 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5277 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5278 */
5279void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5280
5281/**
5282 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5283 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5284 * @keyconf: new key data
5285 *
5286 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5287 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5288 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5289 *
5290 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5291 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5292 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5293 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5294 *
5295 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5296 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5297 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5298 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5299 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5300 * of the reconfiguration.
5301 *
5302 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5303 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5304 *
5305 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5306 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5307 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5308 * the key that's being replaced.
5309 */
5310struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5311ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5312 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5313
5314/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005315 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5316 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5317 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5318 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5319 * @gfp: allocation flags
5320 */
5321void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5322 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5323
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005324/**
Johannes Berg4271d4b2020-11-29 17:30:45 +02005325 * ieee80211_key_mic_failure - increment MIC failure counter for the key
5326 *
5327 * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
5328 * at the same time.
5329 *
5330 * @keyconf: the key in question
5331 */
5332void ieee80211_key_mic_failure(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5333
5334/**
5335 * ieee80211_key_replay - increment replay counter for the key
5336 *
5337 * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
5338 * at the same time.
5339 *
5340 * @keyconf: the key in question
5341 */
5342void ieee80211_key_replay(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5343
5344/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005345 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5346 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5347 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5348 *
5349 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5350 */
5351void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5352
5353/**
5354 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5355 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5356 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5357 *
5358 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5359 */
5360void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5361
5362/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005363 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5364 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5365 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5366 *
5367 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005368 *
5369 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005370 */
5371
5372int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5373
5374/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005375 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5376 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5377 *
5378 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5379 */
5380void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5381
5382/**
5383 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5384 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5385 *
5386 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5387 */
5388void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5389
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005390/**
5391 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5392 *
5393 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5394 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005395 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5396 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005397 *
5398 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005399 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005400 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005401void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5402 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005403
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005404/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005405 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5406 *
5407 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5408 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5409 *
5410 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5411 */
5412void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5413
5414/**
5415 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5416 *
5417 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5418 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5419 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5420 * while associating, for instance.
5421 *
5422 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5423 */
5424void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5425
5426/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005427 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5428 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5429 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5430 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5431 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5432 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5433 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5434 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005435 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005436 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA
5437 * is not in the driver. This may fix crashes during firmware recovery
5438 * for instance.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005439 */
5440enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5441 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5442 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005443 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005444 IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005445};
5446
5447/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005448 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5449 *
5450 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5451 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5452 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5453 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5454 *
5455 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5456 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5457 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5458 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5459 */
5460void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5461 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5462 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5463 void *data);
5464
5465/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005466 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005467 *
5468 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5469 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005470 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5471 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5472 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005473 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005474 *
5475 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005476 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005477 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005478 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5479 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005480static inline void
5481ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5482 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5483 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5484 void *data)
5485{
5486 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5487 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5488 iterator, data);
5489}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005490
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005491/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005492 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5493 *
5494 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5495 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5496 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5497 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005498 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005499 *
5500 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005501 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005502 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5503 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5504 */
5505void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005506 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005507 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5508 u8 *mac,
5509 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5510 void *data);
5511
5512/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005513 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5514 *
5515 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5516 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5517 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5518 *
5519 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5520 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5521 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5522 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5523 */
5524void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5525 u32 iter_flags,
5526 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5527 u8 *mac,
5528 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5529 void *data);
5530
5531/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005532 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5533 *
5534 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5535 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5536 * function for them.
5537 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5538 *
5539 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5540 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5541 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5542 */
5543void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5544 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5545 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5546 void *data);
5547/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005548 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5549 *
5550 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5551 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5552 *
5553 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5554 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5555 */
5556void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5557
5558/**
5559 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5560 *
5561 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5562 * workqueue.
5563 *
5564 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5565 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5566 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5567 */
5568void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5569 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5570 unsigned long delay);
5571
5572/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005573 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005574 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005575 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305576 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005577 *
5578 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005579 *
5580 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5581 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5582 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5583 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305584int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5585 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005586
5587/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005588 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005589 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005590 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5591 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5592 *
5593 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005594 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5595 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005596 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005597void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005598 u16 tid);
5599
5600/**
5601 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005602 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005603 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005604 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005605 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005606 *
5607 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5608 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5609 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5610 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005611int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005612
5613/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005614 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005615 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005616 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5617 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5618 *
5619 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005620 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5621 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005622 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005623void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005624 u16 tid);
5625
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005626/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005627 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5628 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005629 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005630 * @addr: station's address
5631 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005632 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5633 *
5634 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005635 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5636 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005637struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005638 const u8 *addr);
5639
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005640/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005641 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005642 *
5643 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005644 * @addr: remote station's address
5645 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005646 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005647 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5648 *
5649 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005650 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5651 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005652 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5653 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5654 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5655 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5656 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5657 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5658 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005659 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005660 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005661 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005662struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5663 const u8 *addr,
5664 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005665
5666/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005667 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5668 * @hw: the hardware
5669 * @pubsta: the station
5670 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5671 *
5672 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5673 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5674 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5675 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5676 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5677 *
5678 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5679 * manner.
5680 *
5681 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5682 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5683 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5684 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5685 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5686 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5687 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5688 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5689 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5690 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5691 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5692 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5693 * woke up while blocked or not.
5694 */
5695void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5696 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5697
5698/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005699 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5700 * @pubsta: the station
5701 *
5702 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5703 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5704 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5705 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5706 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005707 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5708 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5709 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5710 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5711 *
5712 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5713 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5714 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5715 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005716 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005717void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005718
5719/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005720 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5721 * @pubsta: the station
5722 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5723 *
5724 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5725 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5726 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5727 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5728 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5729 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5730 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5731 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5732 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5733 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5734 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5735 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5736 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5737 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5738 */
5739void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5740
5741/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005742 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5743 *
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02005744 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005745 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5746 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5747 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5748 *
5749 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5750 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5751 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5752 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5753 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5754 * attempts.
5755 *
5756 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5757 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5758 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5759 * them to 0.
5760 *
5761 * @pubsta: the station
5762 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5763 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5764 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5765 */
5766void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5767 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5768
5769/**
Kan Yan3ace10f2019-11-18 22:06:09 -08005770 * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device
5771 *
5772 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5773 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5774 *
5775 * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can
5776 * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false.
5777 */
5778bool
5779ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
5780
5781/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005782 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5783 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5784 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5785 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5786 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5787 *
5788 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5789 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5790 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5791 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5792 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5793 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005794 *
5795 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5796 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5797 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005798 */
5799void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5801 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5802 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5803 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5804 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5805 void *data),
5806 void *iter_data);
5807
5808/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005809 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5810 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5811 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5812 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5813 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5814 *
5815 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5816 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5817 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5818 * in removal process will be skipped.
5819 *
5820 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5821 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5822 */
5823void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5824 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5825 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5826 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5827 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5828 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5829 void *data),
5830 void *iter_data);
5831
5832/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005833 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13005834 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005835 * @iter: iterator function
5836 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5837 *
5838 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5839 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5840 * places while calling into the driver.
5841 *
5842 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5843 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5844 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005845 *
5846 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5847 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5848 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5849 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005850 */
5851void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5852 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5853 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5854 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5855 void *data),
5856 void *iter_data);
5857
5858/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005859 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5860 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5861 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5862 *
5863 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5864 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5865 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5866 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5867 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005868 * %NULL.
5869 *
5870 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005871 */
5872struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5873 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5874
5875/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005876 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5877 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005878 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005879 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005880 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005881 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005882 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5883 */
5884void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005885
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005886/**
5887 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5888 *
5889 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5890 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005891 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005892 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5893 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005894 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5895 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005896 *
5897 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5898 * without connection recovery attempts.
5899 */
5900void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5901
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005902/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005903 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5904 *
5905 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5906 *
5907 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5908 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5909 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5910 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5911 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5912 *
5913 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5914 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5915 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5916 * disconnect normally later.
5917 *
5918 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5919 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5920 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5921 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5922 */
5923void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5924
5925/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005926 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5927 * rssi threshold triggered
5928 *
5929 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5930 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005931 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005932 * @gfp: context flags
5933 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005934 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005935 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5936 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5937 */
5938void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5939 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005940 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005941 gfp_t gfp);
5942
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005943/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005944 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5945 *
5946 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5947 * @gfp: context flags
5948 */
5949void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5950
5951/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005952 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5953 *
5954 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5955 */
5956void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5957
5958/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005959 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5960 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5961 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5962 *
5963 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5964 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5965 */
5966void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5967
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005968/**
5969 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5970 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005971 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005972 *
5973 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5974 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5975 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5976 */
5977void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5978 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5979
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005980/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005981 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5982 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5983 */
5984void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5985
5986/**
5987 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5988 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5989 */
5990void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5991
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005992/**
5993 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5994 *
5995 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5996 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5997 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5998 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5999 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
6000 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
6001 *
6002 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6003 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
6004 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
6005 */
6006void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
6007 const u8 *addr);
6008
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02006009/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02006010 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
6011 * @pubsta: station struct
6012 * @tid: the session's TID
6013 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
6014 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
6015 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
6016 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
6017 *
6018 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
6019 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
6020 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
6021 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
6022 */
6023void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
6024 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
6025 u16 received_mpdus);
6026
6027/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02006028 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
6029 *
6030 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
6031 * buffer.
6032 *
6033 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6034 * @ra: the peer's destination address
6035 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
6036 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
6037 */
6038void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
6039
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006040/**
6041 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
6042 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6043 * @addr: station mac address
6044 * @tid: the rx tid
6045 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006046void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006047 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006048
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006049/**
6050 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
6051 *
6052 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6053 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6054 * reordering.
6055 *
6056 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6057 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
6058 *
6059 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6060 * @addr: station mac address
6061 * @tid: the rx tid
6062 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006063static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6064 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6065{
6066 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6067 return;
6068 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
6069}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006070
6071/**
6072 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
6073 *
6074 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6075 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6076 * reordering.
6077 *
6078 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6079 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
6080 *
6081 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6082 * @addr: station mac address
6083 * @tid: the rx tid
6084 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006085static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6086 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6087{
6088 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6089 return;
6090 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
6091}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006092
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03006093/**
6094 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
6095 *
6096 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
6097 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
6098 *
6099 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
6100 *
6101 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6102 * @addr: station mac address
6103 * @tid: the rx tid
6104 */
6105void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6106 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
6107
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006108/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006109
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006110/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006111 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006112 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006113 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
6114 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
6115 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006116 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
6117 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006118 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
6119 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
6120 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
6121 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
6122 * RTS threshold
6123 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
6124 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006125 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006126 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006127 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006128 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006129struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
6130 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
6131 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
6132 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
6133 struct sk_buff *skb;
6134 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
6135 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02006136 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006137 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006138 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006139};
6140
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006141/**
6142 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
6143 */
6144enum rate_control_capabilities {
6145 /**
6146 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
6147 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
6148 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
6149 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
6150 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
6151 */
6152 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
6153};
6154
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006155struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006156 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006157 const char *name;
Johannes Berg6cb5f3e2020-04-23 11:13:49 +02006158 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6159 void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv,
6160 struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006161 void (*free)(void *priv);
6162
6163 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
6164 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006165 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006166 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05306167 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006168 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02006169 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6170 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006171 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
6172 void *priv_sta);
6173
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02006174 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
6175 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6176 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006177 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6178 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6179 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006180 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6181 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006182
6183 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
6184 struct dentry *dir);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02006185
6186 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006187};
6188
6189static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02006190 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006191 int index)
6192{
6193 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
6194}
6195
6196static inline s8
6197rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6198 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6199{
6200 int i;
6201
6202 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6203 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6204 return i;
6205
6206 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006207 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006208
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006209 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006210 return 0;
6211}
6212
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07006213static inline
6214bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6215 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6216{
6217 unsigned int i;
6218
6219 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6220 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6221 return true;
6222 return false;
6223}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006224
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006225/**
6226 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6227 *
6228 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6229 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6230 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6231 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6232 *
6233 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6234 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6235 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6236 */
6237int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6238 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6239 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6240
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006241int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6242void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006243
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006244static inline bool
6245conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6246{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006247 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006248}
6249
6250static inline bool
6251conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6252{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006253 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6254 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006255}
6256
6257static inline bool
6258conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6259{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006260 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6261 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006262}
6263
6264static inline bool
6265conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6266{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006267 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006268}
6269
6270static inline bool
6271conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6272{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006273 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6274 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6275 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006276}
6277
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006278static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6279ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6280{
6281 if (p2p) {
6282 switch (type) {
6283 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6284 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6285 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6286 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6287 default:
6288 break;
6289 }
6290 }
6291 return type;
6292}
6293
6294static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6295ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6296{
6297 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6298}
6299
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006300/**
6301 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6302 *
6303 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6304 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6305 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6306 *
6307 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6308 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6309 * matching GroupId management frame.
6310 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6311 */
6312void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6313 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6314
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006315void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6316 int rssi_min_thold,
6317 int rssi_max_thold);
6318
6319void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006320
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006321/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006322 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006323 *
6324 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6325 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006326 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6327 *
6328 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6329 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006330 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006331int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6332
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006333/**
6334 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6335 * @vif: virtual interface
6336 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6337 * @gfp: allocation flags
6338 *
6339 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6340 */
6341void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6342 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6343 gfp_t gfp);
6344
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006345/**
6346 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6347 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6348 * @vif: virtual interface
6349 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6350 * @band: the band to transmit on
6351 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6352 *
6353 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6354 */
6355bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6356 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6357 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6358
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006359/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02006360 * ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap - Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header
6361 * of injected frames
Mathy Vanhoefcb17ed22020-07-23 14:01:53 +04006362 * @skb: packet injected by userspace
6363 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
6364 */
6365bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb,
6366 struct net_device *dev);
6367
6368/**
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006369 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6370 *
6371 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6372 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6373 *
6374 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6375 *
6376 * private:
6377 *
6378 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6379 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6380 */
6381struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6382 u32 next_tsf;
6383 bool has_next_tsf;
6384
6385 u8 absent;
6386
6387 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6388 struct {
6389 u32 start;
6390 u32 duration;
6391 u32 interval;
6392 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6393};
6394
6395/**
6396 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6397 *
6398 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6399 * @data: NoA tracking data
6400 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6401 *
6402 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6403 */
6404int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6405 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6406
6407/**
6408 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6409 *
6410 * @data: NoA tracking data
6411 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6412 */
6413void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6414
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006415/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02006416 * ieee80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006417 * @vif: virtual interface
6418 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6419 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6420 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6421 * @gfp: allocation flags
6422 *
6423 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6424 */
6425void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6426 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6427 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006428
6429/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006430 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6431 *
6432 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6433 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6434 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6435 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6436 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6437 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6438 *
6439 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6440 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6441 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6442 *
6443 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6444 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6445 *
6446 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6447 */
6448int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6449
6450/**
6451 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6452 *
6453 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6454 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6455 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6456 *
6457 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6458 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6459 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6460 *
6461 * @sta: the station
6462 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6463 */
6464void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6465
6466/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006467 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6468 *
6469 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006470 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6471 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006472 *
6473 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006474 *
6475 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6476 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07006477 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006478 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6479 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6480 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6481 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006482 *
6483 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6484 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006485 */
6486struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6487 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006488
6489/**
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006490 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6491 * (in process context)
6492 *
6493 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6494 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6495 *
6496 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6497 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6498 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6499 */
6500static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6501 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6502{
6503 struct sk_buff *skb;
6504
6505 local_bh_disable();
6506 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6507 local_bh_enable();
6508
6509 return skb;
6510}
6511
6512/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006513 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6514 *
6515 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6516 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6517 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006518 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6519 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6520 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6521 */
6522struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6523
6524/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006525 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006526 *
6527 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6528 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6529 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006530 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6531 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006532 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006533void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006534
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006535/* (deprecated) */
6536static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6537{
6538}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006539
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006540void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6541 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6542
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006543/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006544 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6545 *
6546 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6547 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6548 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006549 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6550 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6551 *
6552 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6553 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006554 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006555static inline void
6556ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6557{
6558 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6559}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006560
6561/**
6562 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6563 *
6564 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6565 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006566 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6567 *
6568 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6569 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006570 */
6571static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006572ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6573 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006574{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006575 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006576}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006577
6578/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006579 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6580 *
6581 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6582 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6583 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6584 * next_txq().
6585 *
6586 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6587 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6588 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6589 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6590 * again.
6591 *
6592 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13006593 * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006594 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6595 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6596 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6597 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6598 *
6599 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6600 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6601 */
6602bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6603 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6604
6605/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006606 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6607 *
6608 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6609 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6610 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6611 *
6612 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6613 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6614 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6615 */
6616void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6617 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6618 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006619
6620/**
6621 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6622 *
6623 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6624 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6625 *
6626 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6627 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6628 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6629 * @gfp: allocation flags
6630 */
6631void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6632 u8 inst_id,
6633 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6634 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006635
6636/**
6637 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6638 *
6639 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6640 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6641 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6642 *
6643 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6644 * @match: match event information
6645 * @gfp: allocation flags
6646 */
6647void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6648 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6649 gfp_t gfp);
6650
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006651/**
6652 * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX.
6653 *
6654 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6655 * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length.
6656 *
6657 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6658 * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate
6659 * information.
6660 * @len: frame length in bytes
6661 */
6662u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6663 struct ieee80211_rx_status *status,
6664 int len);
6665
6666/**
6667 * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX.
6668 *
6669 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6670 * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length.
6671 *
6672 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6673 * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
6674 * @len: frame length in bytes
6675 */
6676u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6677 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info,
6678 int len);
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01006679/**
6680 * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading.
6681 *
6682 * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3
6683 * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the
6684 * hardware or firmware.
6685 *
6686 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6687 * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off
6688 */
6689bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006690
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +00006691/**
6692 * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template.
6693 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6694 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6695 *
6696 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6697 *
6698 * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error.
6699 */
6700struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6701 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +00006702
6703/**
6704 * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast
6705 * probe response template.
6706 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6707 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6708 *
6709 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6710 *
6711 * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error.
6712 */
6713struct sk_buff *
6714ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6715 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006716#endif /* MAC80211_H */